3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 124
Feedback
English
Sign in
Help
Autodesk WikiHelp Product help with community knowledge
2012
Inventor
Search Inventor Search Inventor
Inventor
Product
Language
Release
submitsubmit
Share
Lists
HomeInventorEnglish2012HelpAutodesk InventorDrawingsDrawing annotationsParts lists
How to add your knowledgeHow to add your knowledge
Create new page
Edit page
Upload video
Parts lists
We have highlighted your search term bom in inventor for you If youd like to remove the search term
highlighting click here
Table of contents
No headers
Procedures | References
After you create a drawing you can add a parts list A parts list is generated from a bill of material (BOM) and
shows all or specified parts and subassemblies listed in the BOM database A parts list can display four types of
information
Structured
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 224
Parts Only
Structured (legacy)
Parts Only (legacy)
You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All
changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files
In the Parts List dialog box you can save changes made to item numbers back to the assembly Bill of Materials
(Not applicable for legacy parts lists)
The Item Column displays item numbers as displayed in the Bill of Materials The item number can be edited as
needed in both the assembly BOM and in the parts list Changes to item numbers in the assembly BOM are
automatically updated in the parts list and balloons except for values that have been specified as Static To
update the assembly BOM with changes made to item numbers in the parts list click Save Item Overrides to
BOM in the Parts List dialog box
Tip You can copy a parts list and paste it to another drawing sheet or another drawing You can also drag parts
lists The parts list overrides are kept for legacy parts lists but can be rewritten by local overrides for
converted parts lists If you copy a sheet with a parts list and balloons into another drawing the parts list and
balloons are also copied
Parts list filters
Use parts list filters to filter rows out from a parts list A filter is applied from the Parts List dialog after placing a
parts list or set in a parts list style Items (rows) that are filtered as a result of applying a parts list filter do
not appear in the parts list editor or the parts list in the drawing
The following types of parts list filters are available
Ballooned Items Only
Standard Content
Item Number Range
Purchased Items
Assembly View Representation
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Formatting parts lists
You can define a standard format for the display of your parts list Use the Style and Standard Editor to add or
edit parts list styles You can define the appearance and display of the parts list for the current document
If you prefer a different format for a specific parts list you can modify the format on parts list creation or after
you place the parts list in the drawing Or you can associate the parts list with a different style selected from
the Style list on the Annotate tab
Modifications to the parts list style do not affect the style library unless you click Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Save Use caution when saving to the style library because the modified style replaces the
library version and can affect other documents
Modifying a parts list
You can modify the settings for a parts list after you place it in the drawing Right-click the parts list in the
browser or in the graphic window and then select options to change the display of the parts list and perform
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 324
the following operations
Use Edit Parts List to
Add and remove columns in the parts list
Group rows into a common row
Sort the parts list
Export parts list data to an external file
Modify the table layout
Renumber items in the parts list
Add and remove custom parts to the parts list
Substitute the value of one property field into a different one You can also substitute the sum of the
values of one property field into another
Define formatting properties including units of measure
Change the parts list title and location of the title
Tip To enable stacking of fractional numbers right-click the heading of a parts list column and choose Format
Column In the Format Column dialog box select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack Properties Then select
the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties and Format Column dialog
box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a stacked fraction in
the drawing
Stock Number and Part Number property
Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It is
common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM property
Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention
The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of
cut length items Change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box
Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the
grouping also takes into account the Stock Number values that are defined in the BOM
Publish DWF data
When you publish a drawing containing a parts list it is also published to DWF file Click Export Export
to DWF or Save As Save Copy As Specify the DWF file type and appropriate options
Legacy and Converted parts list
When you open a legacy drawing with a parts list the parts list is not automatically converted You can either
keep the old parts list or manually convert the parts list
The parts list conversion can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity
overrides and BOM structure attributes are applied and merging is discarded on conversion
When you convert a parts list all parts lists and all balloons which use the same source are also converted
Parts list overrides are kept only for the selected parts list
A converted parts list can take advantage of the BOM structure BOM quantity overrides BOM Item Numbers
and automatic equivalency merging of components
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 424
Procedures
Create a parts list
A parts list uses the default formatting set in the parts list style associated with
the active drafting standard
If you create a parts list by selecting a view of an iAssembly member the
default is the member in the view The QTY column for the member is displayed
in the parts list if it has been specified in the style If you create a parts list by
browsing to an iAssembly the parts list default is for the active member
Tip You can copy a parts list and paste it to another drawing sheet or another drawing You can also drag parts
lists
1 On the ribbon click Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
2 On the Parts List dialog box select the source for the parts list
To create a parts list for a drawing view select the drawing view in the graphics window
To create a parts list from a source file on the Parts List dialog box click Browse and open the file
3 Select the appropriate BOM view for creating parts lists and balloons
Either or both of the Structured and the Parts Only types can be disabled in the source assembly If
you select this option the Parts Only BOM type is selected in the source file
You cannot change the Structured BOM view in the Create Parts List dialog box if it has already been
specified in the source file
When you click OK to close the dialog box if the BOM View is turned off in the referenced assembly You are
prompted to turn it on if needed
Note Use these properties to set the level and options that affect item numbering
4 In the Table Wrapping box set the wrap direction If appropriate select Enable Automatic Wrap and set the
maximum number of parts list rows or number of parts list sections
5 Choose OK to close the Parts List dialog box
6 Click a location on the drawing sheet to place the parts list You can snap the parts list to edges or corners of
the sheet or the title block
Show Me how to place a parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 524
Tip To move a parts list click the parts list and drag to a new location
Convert a legacy parts list
Legacy parts lists can be manually converted to the current type of parts list
Converting can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity overrides and BOM
structure attributes are applied on conversion Parts list merging is discarded on conversion
Conversion keeps overrides only for the targeted parts list Overrides for other parts lists which use the same
source are discarded
Note The parts list icon in the browser corresponds with the parts list type
indicates a legacy parts list
indicates a converted parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 624
To convert a legacy parts list
1 Right-click the legacy parts list in the drawing browser or in the graphic window
2 Choose Convert from the menu
3 The parts list is converted and its icon in the browser is changed
Use parts list filters
Use parts list filters to filter rows out from the parts list You can define parts list filters for a particular parts list
in the drawing or add parts list filters to the parts list style
Filter a parts list in the drawing
Parts list filters filter rows out from the parts list but do not change any parts list data That means the
quantity (QTY) values and also parts list overrides remain unchanged after applying parts list filters
1 Right-click a parts list in the graphic window and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings to open the Filter Settings dialog box
3 To define a new parts list filter
In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed
Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter
Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters
4 To edit a filter right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Edit Change the filter options and
click Add Filter to confirm the changes
5 To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Delete
6 In the filters list clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply
7 To apply selected filters to the parts list leave the Filter check box selected To disable all parts list
filters clear the Filter check box
8 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box
Filters are applied to parts list rows in the Edit Parts List dialog box Click Apply to update the parts list in
the drawing
Define parts list filters in the parts list style
Parts list filters defined in a parts list style are available for all parts list in the drawing which use the particular
parts list style If you disable the Filter option in the style filters are not be applied by default but are available
for a later use
1 On the ribbon click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor
2 In the Style and Standard Editor dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style
3 In the Parts List Style panel click Filter Settings
4 Define parts list filters in the Filter Setting dialog box
In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 724
Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter
Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters
5 If needed edit or delete filters available in the filters list
To edit a filter right-click the filter and select Edit Change the filter options and click Add Filter to
confirm the changes
To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter and choose Delete
6 Set the default setup for filtering parts lists
In the filters list field clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply by default
To disable all parts list filters by default clear the Filter check box To apply selected filters to the
parts list by default leave the Filter check box selected
7 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box
8 Click Save in the Style and Standard Editor to save the changes
Modify the data in a parts list
When you add a parts list to a drawing it displays values derived from the bill
of materials (BOM) You can edit the values in the cells of a parts list
To edit parts list values or set up right-click the parts list and then select Edit
Parts List Use the options in the Edit Parts List dialog box to make the changes
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in the ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Tips
You can substitute the value of one property with the value of another property in the parts list from
the Substitution tab in the Format Column dialog box
You can override a value in the parts list The overridden cell is set as Static Value and is not updated
when the value is changed in the parts list source file Overridden values appear in blue and bold text in
the Edit Parts List dialog box
You can save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials with the Save Item overrides to bill
of materials
Edit the data in the bill of materials
You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All
changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824
Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists
1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials
2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits
3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons
(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)
Display andor edit members in an iAssembly
By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the
default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different
members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command
1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection
2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list
Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members
3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero
quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property
4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box
Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following
To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save
Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar
To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL
key and click to select multiple cells
Substitute Part Number with Stock Number
Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It
is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM
property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention
The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of
cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box
Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original
value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts
list
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format
Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution
Select Enable Value Substitution
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924
Click the arrow and select Browse Properties
In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK
4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box
Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the
grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM
Group rows in a parts list
You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows
which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the
grouping participants in the parts list
Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists
In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher
level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components
promoted through
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group
Settings
2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping
3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a
part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option
5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the
Item column of the grouped row
6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option
Merge rows in a legacy parts list
You can merge parts list items into a single row
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading
2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components
3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies
separately or Parts and Assemblies together
4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge
5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box
6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box
7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box
Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024
You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for
custom parts
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part
2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part
The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table
select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the
same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row
Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom
parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents
Change the value in a parts list cell
The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts
list cells
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit
2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any
associated balloons change as well
Note
Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static
Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list
When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically
To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option
Set a parts list cell as Static Value
To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static
3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option
Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue
Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell
Change the setup of a parts list
When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of
measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in
the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it
To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then
select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit
Parts List dialog box to make the changes
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124
To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters
To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from
the Style list on the Annotate tab
Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List
Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the
changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu
You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style
settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select
Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected
Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the assembly bill of materials
3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the bill of materials
Move add or remove columns in a parts list
A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You
can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser
3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns
4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the
parts list
Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit
Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and
then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box
Change the sort criteria for a parts list
You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort
3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column
4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting
5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new
order
Renumber items
You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item
numbers
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224
Click the far-left column to select the entire row
2 Release the mouse button
3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as
you drag Release the mouse button to place the item
4 Click Renumber Items
The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text
You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of
materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually
Export parts list data to an external file
You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file
Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export
Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export
2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file
name Click Save
Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data
Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row
You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table
2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table
3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the
new order
Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different
subassembly
Show or hide rows in a parts list
You can show or hide rows in a parts list
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table
3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray
Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The
quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity
of the subassembly
Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option
Change the title of a parts list and location of the title
You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the
spacing between the rows
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324
1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table
Layout
3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name
Change the column format settings
You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts
lists
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment
properties for a column in the parts list
The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed
To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack
Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties
dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a
stacked fraction in the drawing
Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected
column and override settings defined in the parts list style
Specify options for Format Units and Display
Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK
to close the Edit Parts List dialog box
4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution
Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another
column
Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box do one of the following
Select from the available properties and then click OK
Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item
to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog
box
In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated
The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component
To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell
values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum
is reported in the property fields of the selected column
Wrap the parts list at a row
If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424
selected row
Change the column width
You can change the width of one or more columns
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width
3 Enter a value for the column width
Rotate the parts list
1 Select the parts list and right-click
2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise
or counter-clockwise)
References
BOM Properties
Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon
Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or
parts lists were created in the drawing)
File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing
BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source
assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source
assembly
Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources
BOM View
The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties
Structured
Note The Structured Properties are
only available if the BOM view was not
defined in the assembly Bill of
Materials
Level First Level assigns a simple
integer value to direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering This option
restarts numbering for each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 224
Parts Only
Structured (legacy)
Parts Only (legacy)
You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All
changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files
In the Parts List dialog box you can save changes made to item numbers back to the assembly Bill of Materials
(Not applicable for legacy parts lists)
The Item Column displays item numbers as displayed in the Bill of Materials The item number can be edited as
needed in both the assembly BOM and in the parts list Changes to item numbers in the assembly BOM are
automatically updated in the parts list and balloons except for values that have been specified as Static To
update the assembly BOM with changes made to item numbers in the parts list click Save Item Overrides to
BOM in the Parts List dialog box
Tip You can copy a parts list and paste it to another drawing sheet or another drawing You can also drag parts
lists The parts list overrides are kept for legacy parts lists but can be rewritten by local overrides for
converted parts lists If you copy a sheet with a parts list and balloons into another drawing the parts list and
balloons are also copied
Parts list filters
Use parts list filters to filter rows out from a parts list A filter is applied from the Parts List dialog after placing a
parts list or set in a parts list style Items (rows) that are filtered as a result of applying a parts list filter do
not appear in the parts list editor or the parts list in the drawing
The following types of parts list filters are available
Ballooned Items Only
Standard Content
Item Number Range
Purchased Items
Assembly View Representation
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Formatting parts lists
You can define a standard format for the display of your parts list Use the Style and Standard Editor to add or
edit parts list styles You can define the appearance and display of the parts list for the current document
If you prefer a different format for a specific parts list you can modify the format on parts list creation or after
you place the parts list in the drawing Or you can associate the parts list with a different style selected from
the Style list on the Annotate tab
Modifications to the parts list style do not affect the style library unless you click Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Save Use caution when saving to the style library because the modified style replaces the
library version and can affect other documents
Modifying a parts list
You can modify the settings for a parts list after you place it in the drawing Right-click the parts list in the
browser or in the graphic window and then select options to change the display of the parts list and perform
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 324
the following operations
Use Edit Parts List to
Add and remove columns in the parts list
Group rows into a common row
Sort the parts list
Export parts list data to an external file
Modify the table layout
Renumber items in the parts list
Add and remove custom parts to the parts list
Substitute the value of one property field into a different one You can also substitute the sum of the
values of one property field into another
Define formatting properties including units of measure
Change the parts list title and location of the title
Tip To enable stacking of fractional numbers right-click the heading of a parts list column and choose Format
Column In the Format Column dialog box select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack Properties Then select
the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties and Format Column dialog
box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a stacked fraction in
the drawing
Stock Number and Part Number property
Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It is
common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM property
Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention
The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of
cut length items Change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box
Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the
grouping also takes into account the Stock Number values that are defined in the BOM
Publish DWF data
When you publish a drawing containing a parts list it is also published to DWF file Click Export Export
to DWF or Save As Save Copy As Specify the DWF file type and appropriate options
Legacy and Converted parts list
When you open a legacy drawing with a parts list the parts list is not automatically converted You can either
keep the old parts list or manually convert the parts list
The parts list conversion can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity
overrides and BOM structure attributes are applied and merging is discarded on conversion
When you convert a parts list all parts lists and all balloons which use the same source are also converted
Parts list overrides are kept only for the selected parts list
A converted parts list can take advantage of the BOM structure BOM quantity overrides BOM Item Numbers
and automatic equivalency merging of components
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 424
Procedures
Create a parts list
A parts list uses the default formatting set in the parts list style associated with
the active drafting standard
If you create a parts list by selecting a view of an iAssembly member the
default is the member in the view The QTY column for the member is displayed
in the parts list if it has been specified in the style If you create a parts list by
browsing to an iAssembly the parts list default is for the active member
Tip You can copy a parts list and paste it to another drawing sheet or another drawing You can also drag parts
lists
1 On the ribbon click Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
2 On the Parts List dialog box select the source for the parts list
To create a parts list for a drawing view select the drawing view in the graphics window
To create a parts list from a source file on the Parts List dialog box click Browse and open the file
3 Select the appropriate BOM view for creating parts lists and balloons
Either or both of the Structured and the Parts Only types can be disabled in the source assembly If
you select this option the Parts Only BOM type is selected in the source file
You cannot change the Structured BOM view in the Create Parts List dialog box if it has already been
specified in the source file
When you click OK to close the dialog box if the BOM View is turned off in the referenced assembly You are
prompted to turn it on if needed
Note Use these properties to set the level and options that affect item numbering
4 In the Table Wrapping box set the wrap direction If appropriate select Enable Automatic Wrap and set the
maximum number of parts list rows or number of parts list sections
5 Choose OK to close the Parts List dialog box
6 Click a location on the drawing sheet to place the parts list You can snap the parts list to edges or corners of
the sheet or the title block
Show Me how to place a parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 524
Tip To move a parts list click the parts list and drag to a new location
Convert a legacy parts list
Legacy parts lists can be manually converted to the current type of parts list
Converting can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity overrides and BOM
structure attributes are applied on conversion Parts list merging is discarded on conversion
Conversion keeps overrides only for the targeted parts list Overrides for other parts lists which use the same
source are discarded
Note The parts list icon in the browser corresponds with the parts list type
indicates a legacy parts list
indicates a converted parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 624
To convert a legacy parts list
1 Right-click the legacy parts list in the drawing browser or in the graphic window
2 Choose Convert from the menu
3 The parts list is converted and its icon in the browser is changed
Use parts list filters
Use parts list filters to filter rows out from the parts list You can define parts list filters for a particular parts list
in the drawing or add parts list filters to the parts list style
Filter a parts list in the drawing
Parts list filters filter rows out from the parts list but do not change any parts list data That means the
quantity (QTY) values and also parts list overrides remain unchanged after applying parts list filters
1 Right-click a parts list in the graphic window and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings to open the Filter Settings dialog box
3 To define a new parts list filter
In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed
Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter
Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters
4 To edit a filter right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Edit Change the filter options and
click Add Filter to confirm the changes
5 To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Delete
6 In the filters list clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply
7 To apply selected filters to the parts list leave the Filter check box selected To disable all parts list
filters clear the Filter check box
8 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box
Filters are applied to parts list rows in the Edit Parts List dialog box Click Apply to update the parts list in
the drawing
Define parts list filters in the parts list style
Parts list filters defined in a parts list style are available for all parts list in the drawing which use the particular
parts list style If you disable the Filter option in the style filters are not be applied by default but are available
for a later use
1 On the ribbon click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor
2 In the Style and Standard Editor dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style
3 In the Parts List Style panel click Filter Settings
4 Define parts list filters in the Filter Setting dialog box
In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 724
Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter
Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters
5 If needed edit or delete filters available in the filters list
To edit a filter right-click the filter and select Edit Change the filter options and click Add Filter to
confirm the changes
To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter and choose Delete
6 Set the default setup for filtering parts lists
In the filters list field clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply by default
To disable all parts list filters by default clear the Filter check box To apply selected filters to the
parts list by default leave the Filter check box selected
7 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box
8 Click Save in the Style and Standard Editor to save the changes
Modify the data in a parts list
When you add a parts list to a drawing it displays values derived from the bill
of materials (BOM) You can edit the values in the cells of a parts list
To edit parts list values or set up right-click the parts list and then select Edit
Parts List Use the options in the Edit Parts List dialog box to make the changes
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in the ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Tips
You can substitute the value of one property with the value of another property in the parts list from
the Substitution tab in the Format Column dialog box
You can override a value in the parts list The overridden cell is set as Static Value and is not updated
when the value is changed in the parts list source file Overridden values appear in blue and bold text in
the Edit Parts List dialog box
You can save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials with the Save Item overrides to bill
of materials
Edit the data in the bill of materials
You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All
changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824
Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists
1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials
2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits
3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons
(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)
Display andor edit members in an iAssembly
By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the
default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different
members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command
1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection
2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list
Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members
3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero
quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property
4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box
Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following
To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save
Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar
To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL
key and click to select multiple cells
Substitute Part Number with Stock Number
Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It
is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM
property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention
The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of
cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box
Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original
value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts
list
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format
Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution
Select Enable Value Substitution
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924
Click the arrow and select Browse Properties
In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK
4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box
Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the
grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM
Group rows in a parts list
You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows
which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the
grouping participants in the parts list
Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists
In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher
level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components
promoted through
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group
Settings
2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping
3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a
part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option
5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the
Item column of the grouped row
6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option
Merge rows in a legacy parts list
You can merge parts list items into a single row
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading
2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components
3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies
separately or Parts and Assemblies together
4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge
5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box
6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box
7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box
Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024
You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for
custom parts
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part
2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part
The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table
select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the
same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row
Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom
parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents
Change the value in a parts list cell
The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts
list cells
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit
2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any
associated balloons change as well
Note
Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static
Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list
When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically
To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option
Set a parts list cell as Static Value
To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static
3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option
Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue
Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell
Change the setup of a parts list
When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of
measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in
the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it
To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then
select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit
Parts List dialog box to make the changes
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124
To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters
To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from
the Style list on the Annotate tab
Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List
Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the
changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu
You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style
settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select
Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected
Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the assembly bill of materials
3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the bill of materials
Move add or remove columns in a parts list
A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You
can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser
3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns
4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the
parts list
Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit
Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and
then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box
Change the sort criteria for a parts list
You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort
3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column
4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting
5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new
order
Renumber items
You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item
numbers
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224
Click the far-left column to select the entire row
2 Release the mouse button
3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as
you drag Release the mouse button to place the item
4 Click Renumber Items
The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text
You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of
materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually
Export parts list data to an external file
You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file
Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export
Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export
2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file
name Click Save
Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data
Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row
You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table
2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table
3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the
new order
Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different
subassembly
Show or hide rows in a parts list
You can show or hide rows in a parts list
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table
3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray
Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The
quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity
of the subassembly
Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option
Change the title of a parts list and location of the title
You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the
spacing between the rows
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324
1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table
Layout
3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name
Change the column format settings
You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts
lists
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment
properties for a column in the parts list
The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed
To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack
Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties
dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a
stacked fraction in the drawing
Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected
column and override settings defined in the parts list style
Specify options for Format Units and Display
Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK
to close the Edit Parts List dialog box
4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution
Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another
column
Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box do one of the following
Select from the available properties and then click OK
Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item
to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog
box
In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated
The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component
To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell
values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum
is reported in the property fields of the selected column
Wrap the parts list at a row
If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424
selected row
Change the column width
You can change the width of one or more columns
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width
3 Enter a value for the column width
Rotate the parts list
1 Select the parts list and right-click
2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise
or counter-clockwise)
References
BOM Properties
Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon
Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or
parts lists were created in the drawing)
File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing
BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source
assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source
assembly
Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources
BOM View
The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties
Structured
Note The Structured Properties are
only available if the BOM view was not
defined in the assembly Bill of
Materials
Level First Level assigns a simple
integer value to direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering This option
restarts numbering for each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 324
the following operations
Use Edit Parts List to
Add and remove columns in the parts list
Group rows into a common row
Sort the parts list
Export parts list data to an external file
Modify the table layout
Renumber items in the parts list
Add and remove custom parts to the parts list
Substitute the value of one property field into a different one You can also substitute the sum of the
values of one property field into another
Define formatting properties including units of measure
Change the parts list title and location of the title
Tip To enable stacking of fractional numbers right-click the heading of a parts list column and choose Format
Column In the Format Column dialog box select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack Properties Then select
the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties and Format Column dialog
box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a stacked fraction in
the drawing
Stock Number and Part Number property
Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It is
common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM property
Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention
The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of
cut length items Change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box
Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the
grouping also takes into account the Stock Number values that are defined in the BOM
Publish DWF data
When you publish a drawing containing a parts list it is also published to DWF file Click Export Export
to DWF or Save As Save Copy As Specify the DWF file type and appropriate options
Legacy and Converted parts list
When you open a legacy drawing with a parts list the parts list is not automatically converted You can either
keep the old parts list or manually convert the parts list
The parts list conversion can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity
overrides and BOM structure attributes are applied and merging is discarded on conversion
When you convert a parts list all parts lists and all balloons which use the same source are also converted
Parts list overrides are kept only for the selected parts list
A converted parts list can take advantage of the BOM structure BOM quantity overrides BOM Item Numbers
and automatic equivalency merging of components
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 424
Procedures
Create a parts list
A parts list uses the default formatting set in the parts list style associated with
the active drafting standard
If you create a parts list by selecting a view of an iAssembly member the
default is the member in the view The QTY column for the member is displayed
in the parts list if it has been specified in the style If you create a parts list by
browsing to an iAssembly the parts list default is for the active member
Tip You can copy a parts list and paste it to another drawing sheet or another drawing You can also drag parts
lists
1 On the ribbon click Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
2 On the Parts List dialog box select the source for the parts list
To create a parts list for a drawing view select the drawing view in the graphics window
To create a parts list from a source file on the Parts List dialog box click Browse and open the file
3 Select the appropriate BOM view for creating parts lists and balloons
Either or both of the Structured and the Parts Only types can be disabled in the source assembly If
you select this option the Parts Only BOM type is selected in the source file
You cannot change the Structured BOM view in the Create Parts List dialog box if it has already been
specified in the source file
When you click OK to close the dialog box if the BOM View is turned off in the referenced assembly You are
prompted to turn it on if needed
Note Use these properties to set the level and options that affect item numbering
4 In the Table Wrapping box set the wrap direction If appropriate select Enable Automatic Wrap and set the
maximum number of parts list rows or number of parts list sections
5 Choose OK to close the Parts List dialog box
6 Click a location on the drawing sheet to place the parts list You can snap the parts list to edges or corners of
the sheet or the title block
Show Me how to place a parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 524
Tip To move a parts list click the parts list and drag to a new location
Convert a legacy parts list
Legacy parts lists can be manually converted to the current type of parts list
Converting can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity overrides and BOM
structure attributes are applied on conversion Parts list merging is discarded on conversion
Conversion keeps overrides only for the targeted parts list Overrides for other parts lists which use the same
source are discarded
Note The parts list icon in the browser corresponds with the parts list type
indicates a legacy parts list
indicates a converted parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 624
To convert a legacy parts list
1 Right-click the legacy parts list in the drawing browser or in the graphic window
2 Choose Convert from the menu
3 The parts list is converted and its icon in the browser is changed
Use parts list filters
Use parts list filters to filter rows out from the parts list You can define parts list filters for a particular parts list
in the drawing or add parts list filters to the parts list style
Filter a parts list in the drawing
Parts list filters filter rows out from the parts list but do not change any parts list data That means the
quantity (QTY) values and also parts list overrides remain unchanged after applying parts list filters
1 Right-click a parts list in the graphic window and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings to open the Filter Settings dialog box
3 To define a new parts list filter
In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed
Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter
Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters
4 To edit a filter right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Edit Change the filter options and
click Add Filter to confirm the changes
5 To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Delete
6 In the filters list clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply
7 To apply selected filters to the parts list leave the Filter check box selected To disable all parts list
filters clear the Filter check box
8 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box
Filters are applied to parts list rows in the Edit Parts List dialog box Click Apply to update the parts list in
the drawing
Define parts list filters in the parts list style
Parts list filters defined in a parts list style are available for all parts list in the drawing which use the particular
parts list style If you disable the Filter option in the style filters are not be applied by default but are available
for a later use
1 On the ribbon click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor
2 In the Style and Standard Editor dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style
3 In the Parts List Style panel click Filter Settings
4 Define parts list filters in the Filter Setting dialog box
In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 724
Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter
Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters
5 If needed edit or delete filters available in the filters list
To edit a filter right-click the filter and select Edit Change the filter options and click Add Filter to
confirm the changes
To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter and choose Delete
6 Set the default setup for filtering parts lists
In the filters list field clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply by default
To disable all parts list filters by default clear the Filter check box To apply selected filters to the
parts list by default leave the Filter check box selected
7 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box
8 Click Save in the Style and Standard Editor to save the changes
Modify the data in a parts list
When you add a parts list to a drawing it displays values derived from the bill
of materials (BOM) You can edit the values in the cells of a parts list
To edit parts list values or set up right-click the parts list and then select Edit
Parts List Use the options in the Edit Parts List dialog box to make the changes
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in the ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Tips
You can substitute the value of one property with the value of another property in the parts list from
the Substitution tab in the Format Column dialog box
You can override a value in the parts list The overridden cell is set as Static Value and is not updated
when the value is changed in the parts list source file Overridden values appear in blue and bold text in
the Edit Parts List dialog box
You can save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials with the Save Item overrides to bill
of materials
Edit the data in the bill of materials
You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All
changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824
Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists
1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials
2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits
3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons
(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)
Display andor edit members in an iAssembly
By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the
default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different
members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command
1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection
2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list
Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members
3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero
quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property
4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box
Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following
To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save
Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar
To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL
key and click to select multiple cells
Substitute Part Number with Stock Number
Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It
is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM
property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention
The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of
cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box
Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original
value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts
list
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format
Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution
Select Enable Value Substitution
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924
Click the arrow and select Browse Properties
In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK
4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box
Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the
grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM
Group rows in a parts list
You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows
which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the
grouping participants in the parts list
Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists
In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher
level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components
promoted through
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group
Settings
2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping
3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a
part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option
5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the
Item column of the grouped row
6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option
Merge rows in a legacy parts list
You can merge parts list items into a single row
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading
2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components
3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies
separately or Parts and Assemblies together
4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge
5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box
6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box
7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box
Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024
You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for
custom parts
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part
2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part
The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table
select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the
same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row
Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom
parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents
Change the value in a parts list cell
The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts
list cells
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit
2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any
associated balloons change as well
Note
Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static
Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list
When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically
To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option
Set a parts list cell as Static Value
To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static
3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option
Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue
Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell
Change the setup of a parts list
When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of
measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in
the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it
To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then
select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit
Parts List dialog box to make the changes
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124
To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters
To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from
the Style list on the Annotate tab
Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List
Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the
changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu
You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style
settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select
Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected
Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the assembly bill of materials
3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the bill of materials
Move add or remove columns in a parts list
A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You
can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser
3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns
4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the
parts list
Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit
Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and
then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box
Change the sort criteria for a parts list
You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort
3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column
4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting
5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new
order
Renumber items
You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item
numbers
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224
Click the far-left column to select the entire row
2 Release the mouse button
3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as
you drag Release the mouse button to place the item
4 Click Renumber Items
The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text
You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of
materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually
Export parts list data to an external file
You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file
Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export
Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export
2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file
name Click Save
Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data
Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row
You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table
2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table
3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the
new order
Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different
subassembly
Show or hide rows in a parts list
You can show or hide rows in a parts list
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table
3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray
Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The
quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity
of the subassembly
Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option
Change the title of a parts list and location of the title
You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the
spacing between the rows
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324
1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table
Layout
3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name
Change the column format settings
You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts
lists
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment
properties for a column in the parts list
The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed
To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack
Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties
dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a
stacked fraction in the drawing
Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected
column and override settings defined in the parts list style
Specify options for Format Units and Display
Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK
to close the Edit Parts List dialog box
4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution
Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another
column
Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box do one of the following
Select from the available properties and then click OK
Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item
to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog
box
In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated
The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component
To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell
values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum
is reported in the property fields of the selected column
Wrap the parts list at a row
If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424
selected row
Change the column width
You can change the width of one or more columns
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width
3 Enter a value for the column width
Rotate the parts list
1 Select the parts list and right-click
2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise
or counter-clockwise)
References
BOM Properties
Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon
Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or
parts lists were created in the drawing)
File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing
BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source
assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source
assembly
Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources
BOM View
The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties
Structured
Note The Structured Properties are
only available if the BOM view was not
defined in the assembly Bill of
Materials
Level First Level assigns a simple
integer value to direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering This option
restarts numbering for each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 424
Procedures
Create a parts list
A parts list uses the default formatting set in the parts list style associated with
the active drafting standard
If you create a parts list by selecting a view of an iAssembly member the
default is the member in the view The QTY column for the member is displayed
in the parts list if it has been specified in the style If you create a parts list by
browsing to an iAssembly the parts list default is for the active member
Tip You can copy a parts list and paste it to another drawing sheet or another drawing You can also drag parts
lists
1 On the ribbon click Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
2 On the Parts List dialog box select the source for the parts list
To create a parts list for a drawing view select the drawing view in the graphics window
To create a parts list from a source file on the Parts List dialog box click Browse and open the file
3 Select the appropriate BOM view for creating parts lists and balloons
Either or both of the Structured and the Parts Only types can be disabled in the source assembly If
you select this option the Parts Only BOM type is selected in the source file
You cannot change the Structured BOM view in the Create Parts List dialog box if it has already been
specified in the source file
When you click OK to close the dialog box if the BOM View is turned off in the referenced assembly You are
prompted to turn it on if needed
Note Use these properties to set the level and options that affect item numbering
4 In the Table Wrapping box set the wrap direction If appropriate select Enable Automatic Wrap and set the
maximum number of parts list rows or number of parts list sections
5 Choose OK to close the Parts List dialog box
6 Click a location on the drawing sheet to place the parts list You can snap the parts list to edges or corners of
the sheet or the title block
Show Me how to place a parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 524
Tip To move a parts list click the parts list and drag to a new location
Convert a legacy parts list
Legacy parts lists can be manually converted to the current type of parts list
Converting can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity overrides and BOM
structure attributes are applied on conversion Parts list merging is discarded on conversion
Conversion keeps overrides only for the targeted parts list Overrides for other parts lists which use the same
source are discarded
Note The parts list icon in the browser corresponds with the parts list type
indicates a legacy parts list
indicates a converted parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 624
To convert a legacy parts list
1 Right-click the legacy parts list in the drawing browser or in the graphic window
2 Choose Convert from the menu
3 The parts list is converted and its icon in the browser is changed
Use parts list filters
Use parts list filters to filter rows out from the parts list You can define parts list filters for a particular parts list
in the drawing or add parts list filters to the parts list style
Filter a parts list in the drawing
Parts list filters filter rows out from the parts list but do not change any parts list data That means the
quantity (QTY) values and also parts list overrides remain unchanged after applying parts list filters
1 Right-click a parts list in the graphic window and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings to open the Filter Settings dialog box
3 To define a new parts list filter
In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed
Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter
Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters
4 To edit a filter right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Edit Change the filter options and
click Add Filter to confirm the changes
5 To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Delete
6 In the filters list clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply
7 To apply selected filters to the parts list leave the Filter check box selected To disable all parts list
filters clear the Filter check box
8 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box
Filters are applied to parts list rows in the Edit Parts List dialog box Click Apply to update the parts list in
the drawing
Define parts list filters in the parts list style
Parts list filters defined in a parts list style are available for all parts list in the drawing which use the particular
parts list style If you disable the Filter option in the style filters are not be applied by default but are available
for a later use
1 On the ribbon click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor
2 In the Style and Standard Editor dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style
3 In the Parts List Style panel click Filter Settings
4 Define parts list filters in the Filter Setting dialog box
In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 724
Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter
Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters
5 If needed edit or delete filters available in the filters list
To edit a filter right-click the filter and select Edit Change the filter options and click Add Filter to
confirm the changes
To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter and choose Delete
6 Set the default setup for filtering parts lists
In the filters list field clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply by default
To disable all parts list filters by default clear the Filter check box To apply selected filters to the
parts list by default leave the Filter check box selected
7 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box
8 Click Save in the Style and Standard Editor to save the changes
Modify the data in a parts list
When you add a parts list to a drawing it displays values derived from the bill
of materials (BOM) You can edit the values in the cells of a parts list
To edit parts list values or set up right-click the parts list and then select Edit
Parts List Use the options in the Edit Parts List dialog box to make the changes
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in the ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Tips
You can substitute the value of one property with the value of another property in the parts list from
the Substitution tab in the Format Column dialog box
You can override a value in the parts list The overridden cell is set as Static Value and is not updated
when the value is changed in the parts list source file Overridden values appear in blue and bold text in
the Edit Parts List dialog box
You can save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials with the Save Item overrides to bill
of materials
Edit the data in the bill of materials
You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All
changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824
Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists
1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials
2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits
3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons
(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)
Display andor edit members in an iAssembly
By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the
default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different
members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command
1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection
2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list
Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members
3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero
quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property
4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box
Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following
To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save
Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar
To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL
key and click to select multiple cells
Substitute Part Number with Stock Number
Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It
is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM
property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention
The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of
cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box
Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original
value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts
list
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format
Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution
Select Enable Value Substitution
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924
Click the arrow and select Browse Properties
In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK
4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box
Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the
grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM
Group rows in a parts list
You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows
which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the
grouping participants in the parts list
Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists
In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher
level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components
promoted through
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group
Settings
2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping
3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a
part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option
5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the
Item column of the grouped row
6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option
Merge rows in a legacy parts list
You can merge parts list items into a single row
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading
2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components
3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies
separately or Parts and Assemblies together
4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge
5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box
6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box
7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box
Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024
You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for
custom parts
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part
2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part
The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table
select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the
same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row
Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom
parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents
Change the value in a parts list cell
The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts
list cells
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit
2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any
associated balloons change as well
Note
Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static
Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list
When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically
To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option
Set a parts list cell as Static Value
To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static
3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option
Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue
Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell
Change the setup of a parts list
When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of
measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in
the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it
To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then
select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit
Parts List dialog box to make the changes
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124
To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters
To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from
the Style list on the Annotate tab
Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List
Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the
changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu
You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style
settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select
Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected
Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the assembly bill of materials
3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the bill of materials
Move add or remove columns in a parts list
A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You
can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser
3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns
4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the
parts list
Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit
Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and
then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box
Change the sort criteria for a parts list
You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort
3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column
4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting
5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new
order
Renumber items
You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item
numbers
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224
Click the far-left column to select the entire row
2 Release the mouse button
3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as
you drag Release the mouse button to place the item
4 Click Renumber Items
The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text
You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of
materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually
Export parts list data to an external file
You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file
Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export
Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export
2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file
name Click Save
Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data
Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row
You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table
2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table
3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the
new order
Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different
subassembly
Show or hide rows in a parts list
You can show or hide rows in a parts list
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table
3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray
Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The
quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity
of the subassembly
Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option
Change the title of a parts list and location of the title
You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the
spacing between the rows
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324
1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table
Layout
3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name
Change the column format settings
You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts
lists
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment
properties for a column in the parts list
The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed
To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack
Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties
dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a
stacked fraction in the drawing
Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected
column and override settings defined in the parts list style
Specify options for Format Units and Display
Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK
to close the Edit Parts List dialog box
4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution
Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another
column
Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box do one of the following
Select from the available properties and then click OK
Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item
to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog
box
In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated
The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component
To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell
values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum
is reported in the property fields of the selected column
Wrap the parts list at a row
If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424
selected row
Change the column width
You can change the width of one or more columns
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width
3 Enter a value for the column width
Rotate the parts list
1 Select the parts list and right-click
2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise
or counter-clockwise)
References
BOM Properties
Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon
Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or
parts lists were created in the drawing)
File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing
BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source
assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source
assembly
Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources
BOM View
The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties
Structured
Note The Structured Properties are
only available if the BOM view was not
defined in the assembly Bill of
Materials
Level First Level assigns a simple
integer value to direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering This option
restarts numbering for each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 524
Tip To move a parts list click the parts list and drag to a new location
Convert a legacy parts list
Legacy parts lists can be manually converted to the current type of parts list
Converting can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity overrides and BOM
structure attributes are applied on conversion Parts list merging is discarded on conversion
Conversion keeps overrides only for the targeted parts list Overrides for other parts lists which use the same
source are discarded
Note The parts list icon in the browser corresponds with the parts list type
indicates a legacy parts list
indicates a converted parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 624
To convert a legacy parts list
1 Right-click the legacy parts list in the drawing browser or in the graphic window
2 Choose Convert from the menu
3 The parts list is converted and its icon in the browser is changed
Use parts list filters
Use parts list filters to filter rows out from the parts list You can define parts list filters for a particular parts list
in the drawing or add parts list filters to the parts list style
Filter a parts list in the drawing
Parts list filters filter rows out from the parts list but do not change any parts list data That means the
quantity (QTY) values and also parts list overrides remain unchanged after applying parts list filters
1 Right-click a parts list in the graphic window and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings to open the Filter Settings dialog box
3 To define a new parts list filter
In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed
Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter
Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters
4 To edit a filter right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Edit Change the filter options and
click Add Filter to confirm the changes
5 To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Delete
6 In the filters list clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply
7 To apply selected filters to the parts list leave the Filter check box selected To disable all parts list
filters clear the Filter check box
8 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box
Filters are applied to parts list rows in the Edit Parts List dialog box Click Apply to update the parts list in
the drawing
Define parts list filters in the parts list style
Parts list filters defined in a parts list style are available for all parts list in the drawing which use the particular
parts list style If you disable the Filter option in the style filters are not be applied by default but are available
for a later use
1 On the ribbon click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor
2 In the Style and Standard Editor dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style
3 In the Parts List Style panel click Filter Settings
4 Define parts list filters in the Filter Setting dialog box
In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 724
Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter
Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters
5 If needed edit or delete filters available in the filters list
To edit a filter right-click the filter and select Edit Change the filter options and click Add Filter to
confirm the changes
To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter and choose Delete
6 Set the default setup for filtering parts lists
In the filters list field clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply by default
To disable all parts list filters by default clear the Filter check box To apply selected filters to the
parts list by default leave the Filter check box selected
7 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box
8 Click Save in the Style and Standard Editor to save the changes
Modify the data in a parts list
When you add a parts list to a drawing it displays values derived from the bill
of materials (BOM) You can edit the values in the cells of a parts list
To edit parts list values or set up right-click the parts list and then select Edit
Parts List Use the options in the Edit Parts List dialog box to make the changes
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in the ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Tips
You can substitute the value of one property with the value of another property in the parts list from
the Substitution tab in the Format Column dialog box
You can override a value in the parts list The overridden cell is set as Static Value and is not updated
when the value is changed in the parts list source file Overridden values appear in blue and bold text in
the Edit Parts List dialog box
You can save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials with the Save Item overrides to bill
of materials
Edit the data in the bill of materials
You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All
changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824
Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists
1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials
2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits
3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons
(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)
Display andor edit members in an iAssembly
By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the
default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different
members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command
1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection
2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list
Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members
3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero
quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property
4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box
Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following
To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save
Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar
To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL
key and click to select multiple cells
Substitute Part Number with Stock Number
Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It
is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM
property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention
The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of
cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box
Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original
value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts
list
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format
Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution
Select Enable Value Substitution
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924
Click the arrow and select Browse Properties
In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK
4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box
Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the
grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM
Group rows in a parts list
You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows
which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the
grouping participants in the parts list
Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists
In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher
level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components
promoted through
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group
Settings
2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping
3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a
part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option
5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the
Item column of the grouped row
6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option
Merge rows in a legacy parts list
You can merge parts list items into a single row
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading
2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components
3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies
separately or Parts and Assemblies together
4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge
5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box
6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box
7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box
Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024
You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for
custom parts
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part
2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part
The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table
select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the
same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row
Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom
parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents
Change the value in a parts list cell
The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts
list cells
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit
2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any
associated balloons change as well
Note
Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static
Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list
When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically
To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option
Set a parts list cell as Static Value
To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static
3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option
Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue
Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell
Change the setup of a parts list
When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of
measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in
the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it
To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then
select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit
Parts List dialog box to make the changes
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124
To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters
To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from
the Style list on the Annotate tab
Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List
Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the
changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu
You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style
settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select
Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected
Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the assembly bill of materials
3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the bill of materials
Move add or remove columns in a parts list
A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You
can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser
3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns
4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the
parts list
Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit
Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and
then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box
Change the sort criteria for a parts list
You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort
3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column
4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting
5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new
order
Renumber items
You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item
numbers
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224
Click the far-left column to select the entire row
2 Release the mouse button
3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as
you drag Release the mouse button to place the item
4 Click Renumber Items
The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text
You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of
materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually
Export parts list data to an external file
You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file
Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export
Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export
2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file
name Click Save
Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data
Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row
You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table
2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table
3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the
new order
Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different
subassembly
Show or hide rows in a parts list
You can show or hide rows in a parts list
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table
3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray
Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The
quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity
of the subassembly
Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option
Change the title of a parts list and location of the title
You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the
spacing between the rows
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324
1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table
Layout
3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name
Change the column format settings
You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts
lists
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment
properties for a column in the parts list
The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed
To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack
Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties
dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a
stacked fraction in the drawing
Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected
column and override settings defined in the parts list style
Specify options for Format Units and Display
Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK
to close the Edit Parts List dialog box
4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution
Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another
column
Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box do one of the following
Select from the available properties and then click OK
Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item
to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog
box
In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated
The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component
To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell
values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum
is reported in the property fields of the selected column
Wrap the parts list at a row
If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424
selected row
Change the column width
You can change the width of one or more columns
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width
3 Enter a value for the column width
Rotate the parts list
1 Select the parts list and right-click
2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise
or counter-clockwise)
References
BOM Properties
Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon
Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or
parts lists were created in the drawing)
File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing
BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source
assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source
assembly
Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources
BOM View
The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties
Structured
Note The Structured Properties are
only available if the BOM view was not
defined in the assembly Bill of
Materials
Level First Level assigns a simple
integer value to direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering This option
restarts numbering for each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 624
To convert a legacy parts list
1 Right-click the legacy parts list in the drawing browser or in the graphic window
2 Choose Convert from the menu
3 The parts list is converted and its icon in the browser is changed
Use parts list filters
Use parts list filters to filter rows out from the parts list You can define parts list filters for a particular parts list
in the drawing or add parts list filters to the parts list style
Filter a parts list in the drawing
Parts list filters filter rows out from the parts list but do not change any parts list data That means the
quantity (QTY) values and also parts list overrides remain unchanged after applying parts list filters
1 Right-click a parts list in the graphic window and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings to open the Filter Settings dialog box
3 To define a new parts list filter
In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed
Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter
Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters
4 To edit a filter right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Edit Change the filter options and
click Add Filter to confirm the changes
5 To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Delete
6 In the filters list clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply
7 To apply selected filters to the parts list leave the Filter check box selected To disable all parts list
filters clear the Filter check box
8 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box
Filters are applied to parts list rows in the Edit Parts List dialog box Click Apply to update the parts list in
the drawing
Define parts list filters in the parts list style
Parts list filters defined in a parts list style are available for all parts list in the drawing which use the particular
parts list style If you disable the Filter option in the style filters are not be applied by default but are available
for a later use
1 On the ribbon click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor
2 In the Style and Standard Editor dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style
3 In the Parts List Style panel click Filter Settings
4 Define parts list filters in the Filter Setting dialog box
In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 724
Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter
Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters
5 If needed edit or delete filters available in the filters list
To edit a filter right-click the filter and select Edit Change the filter options and click Add Filter to
confirm the changes
To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter and choose Delete
6 Set the default setup for filtering parts lists
In the filters list field clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply by default
To disable all parts list filters by default clear the Filter check box To apply selected filters to the
parts list by default leave the Filter check box selected
7 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box
8 Click Save in the Style and Standard Editor to save the changes
Modify the data in a parts list
When you add a parts list to a drawing it displays values derived from the bill
of materials (BOM) You can edit the values in the cells of a parts list
To edit parts list values or set up right-click the parts list and then select Edit
Parts List Use the options in the Edit Parts List dialog box to make the changes
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in the ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Tips
You can substitute the value of one property with the value of another property in the parts list from
the Substitution tab in the Format Column dialog box
You can override a value in the parts list The overridden cell is set as Static Value and is not updated
when the value is changed in the parts list source file Overridden values appear in blue and bold text in
the Edit Parts List dialog box
You can save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials with the Save Item overrides to bill
of materials
Edit the data in the bill of materials
You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All
changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824
Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists
1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials
2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits
3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons
(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)
Display andor edit members in an iAssembly
By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the
default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different
members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command
1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection
2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list
Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members
3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero
quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property
4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box
Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following
To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save
Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar
To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL
key and click to select multiple cells
Substitute Part Number with Stock Number
Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It
is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM
property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention
The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of
cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box
Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original
value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts
list
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format
Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution
Select Enable Value Substitution
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924
Click the arrow and select Browse Properties
In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK
4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box
Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the
grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM
Group rows in a parts list
You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows
which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the
grouping participants in the parts list
Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists
In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher
level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components
promoted through
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group
Settings
2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping
3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a
part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option
5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the
Item column of the grouped row
6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option
Merge rows in a legacy parts list
You can merge parts list items into a single row
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading
2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components
3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies
separately or Parts and Assemblies together
4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge
5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box
6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box
7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box
Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024
You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for
custom parts
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part
2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part
The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table
select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the
same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row
Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom
parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents
Change the value in a parts list cell
The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts
list cells
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit
2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any
associated balloons change as well
Note
Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static
Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list
When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically
To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option
Set a parts list cell as Static Value
To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static
3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option
Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue
Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell
Change the setup of a parts list
When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of
measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in
the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it
To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then
select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit
Parts List dialog box to make the changes
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124
To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters
To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from
the Style list on the Annotate tab
Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List
Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the
changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu
You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style
settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select
Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected
Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the assembly bill of materials
3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the bill of materials
Move add or remove columns in a parts list
A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You
can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser
3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns
4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the
parts list
Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit
Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and
then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box
Change the sort criteria for a parts list
You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort
3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column
4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting
5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new
order
Renumber items
You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item
numbers
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224
Click the far-left column to select the entire row
2 Release the mouse button
3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as
you drag Release the mouse button to place the item
4 Click Renumber Items
The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text
You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of
materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually
Export parts list data to an external file
You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file
Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export
Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export
2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file
name Click Save
Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data
Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row
You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table
2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table
3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the
new order
Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different
subassembly
Show or hide rows in a parts list
You can show or hide rows in a parts list
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table
3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray
Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The
quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity
of the subassembly
Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option
Change the title of a parts list and location of the title
You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the
spacing between the rows
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324
1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table
Layout
3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name
Change the column format settings
You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts
lists
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment
properties for a column in the parts list
The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed
To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack
Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties
dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a
stacked fraction in the drawing
Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected
column and override settings defined in the parts list style
Specify options for Format Units and Display
Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK
to close the Edit Parts List dialog box
4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution
Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another
column
Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box do one of the following
Select from the available properties and then click OK
Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item
to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog
box
In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated
The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component
To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell
values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum
is reported in the property fields of the selected column
Wrap the parts list at a row
If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424
selected row
Change the column width
You can change the width of one or more columns
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width
3 Enter a value for the column width
Rotate the parts list
1 Select the parts list and right-click
2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise
or counter-clockwise)
References
BOM Properties
Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon
Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or
parts lists were created in the drawing)
File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing
BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source
assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source
assembly
Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources
BOM View
The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties
Structured
Note The Structured Properties are
only available if the BOM view was not
defined in the assembly Bill of
Materials
Level First Level assigns a simple
integer value to direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering This option
restarts numbering for each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 724
Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter
Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters
5 If needed edit or delete filters available in the filters list
To edit a filter right-click the filter and select Edit Change the filter options and click Add Filter to
confirm the changes
To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter and choose Delete
6 Set the default setup for filtering parts lists
In the filters list field clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply by default
To disable all parts list filters by default clear the Filter check box To apply selected filters to the
parts list by default leave the Filter check box selected
7 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box
8 Click Save in the Style and Standard Editor to save the changes
Modify the data in a parts list
When you add a parts list to a drawing it displays values derived from the bill
of materials (BOM) You can edit the values in the cells of a parts list
To edit parts list values or set up right-click the parts list and then select Edit
Parts List Use the options in the Edit Parts List dialog box to make the changes
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in the ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Tips
You can substitute the value of one property with the value of another property in the parts list from
the Substitution tab in the Format Column dialog box
You can override a value in the parts list The overridden cell is set as Static Value and is not updated
when the value is changed in the parts list source file Overridden values appear in blue and bold text in
the Edit Parts List dialog box
You can save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials with the Save Item overrides to bill
of materials
Edit the data in the bill of materials
You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All
changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824
Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists
1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials
2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits
3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons
(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)
Display andor edit members in an iAssembly
By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the
default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different
members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command
1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection
2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list
Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members
3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero
quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property
4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box
Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following
To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save
Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar
To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL
key and click to select multiple cells
Substitute Part Number with Stock Number
Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It
is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM
property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention
The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of
cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box
Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original
value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts
list
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format
Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution
Select Enable Value Substitution
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924
Click the arrow and select Browse Properties
In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK
4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box
Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the
grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM
Group rows in a parts list
You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows
which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the
grouping participants in the parts list
Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists
In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher
level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components
promoted through
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group
Settings
2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping
3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a
part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option
5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the
Item column of the grouped row
6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option
Merge rows in a legacy parts list
You can merge parts list items into a single row
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading
2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components
3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies
separately or Parts and Assemblies together
4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge
5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box
6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box
7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box
Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024
You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for
custom parts
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part
2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part
The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table
select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the
same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row
Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom
parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents
Change the value in a parts list cell
The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts
list cells
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit
2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any
associated balloons change as well
Note
Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static
Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list
When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically
To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option
Set a parts list cell as Static Value
To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static
3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option
Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue
Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell
Change the setup of a parts list
When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of
measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in
the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it
To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then
select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit
Parts List dialog box to make the changes
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124
To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters
To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from
the Style list on the Annotate tab
Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List
Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the
changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu
You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style
settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select
Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected
Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the assembly bill of materials
3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the bill of materials
Move add or remove columns in a parts list
A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You
can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser
3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns
4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the
parts list
Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit
Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and
then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box
Change the sort criteria for a parts list
You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort
3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column
4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting
5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new
order
Renumber items
You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item
numbers
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224
Click the far-left column to select the entire row
2 Release the mouse button
3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as
you drag Release the mouse button to place the item
4 Click Renumber Items
The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text
You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of
materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually
Export parts list data to an external file
You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file
Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export
Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export
2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file
name Click Save
Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data
Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row
You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table
2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table
3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the
new order
Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different
subassembly
Show or hide rows in a parts list
You can show or hide rows in a parts list
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table
3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray
Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The
quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity
of the subassembly
Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option
Change the title of a parts list and location of the title
You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the
spacing between the rows
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324
1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table
Layout
3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name
Change the column format settings
You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts
lists
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment
properties for a column in the parts list
The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed
To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack
Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties
dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a
stacked fraction in the drawing
Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected
column and override settings defined in the parts list style
Specify options for Format Units and Display
Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK
to close the Edit Parts List dialog box
4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution
Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another
column
Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box do one of the following
Select from the available properties and then click OK
Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item
to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog
box
In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated
The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component
To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell
values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum
is reported in the property fields of the selected column
Wrap the parts list at a row
If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424
selected row
Change the column width
You can change the width of one or more columns
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width
3 Enter a value for the column width
Rotate the parts list
1 Select the parts list and right-click
2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise
or counter-clockwise)
References
BOM Properties
Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon
Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or
parts lists were created in the drawing)
File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing
BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source
assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source
assembly
Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources
BOM View
The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties
Structured
Note The Structured Properties are
only available if the BOM view was not
defined in the assembly Bill of
Materials
Level First Level assigns a simple
integer value to direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering This option
restarts numbering for each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824
Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists
1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials
2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits
3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons
(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)
Display andor edit members in an iAssembly
By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the
default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different
members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command
1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection
2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list
Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members
3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero
quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property
4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box
Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following
To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save
Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar
To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL
key and click to select multiple cells
Substitute Part Number with Stock Number
Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It
is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM
property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention
The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of
cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box
Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original
value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts
list
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format
Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution
Select Enable Value Substitution
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924
Click the arrow and select Browse Properties
In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK
4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box
Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the
grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM
Group rows in a parts list
You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows
which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the
grouping participants in the parts list
Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists
In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher
level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components
promoted through
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group
Settings
2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping
3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a
part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option
5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the
Item column of the grouped row
6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option
Merge rows in a legacy parts list
You can merge parts list items into a single row
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading
2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components
3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies
separately or Parts and Assemblies together
4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge
5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box
6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box
7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box
Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024
You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for
custom parts
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part
2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part
The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table
select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the
same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row
Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom
parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents
Change the value in a parts list cell
The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts
list cells
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit
2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any
associated balloons change as well
Note
Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static
Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list
When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically
To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option
Set a parts list cell as Static Value
To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static
3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option
Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue
Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell
Change the setup of a parts list
When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of
measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in
the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it
To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then
select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit
Parts List dialog box to make the changes
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124
To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters
To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from
the Style list on the Annotate tab
Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List
Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the
changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu
You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style
settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select
Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected
Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the assembly bill of materials
3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the bill of materials
Move add or remove columns in a parts list
A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You
can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser
3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns
4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the
parts list
Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit
Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and
then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box
Change the sort criteria for a parts list
You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort
3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column
4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting
5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new
order
Renumber items
You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item
numbers
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224
Click the far-left column to select the entire row
2 Release the mouse button
3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as
you drag Release the mouse button to place the item
4 Click Renumber Items
The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text
You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of
materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually
Export parts list data to an external file
You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file
Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export
Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export
2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file
name Click Save
Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data
Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row
You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table
2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table
3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the
new order
Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different
subassembly
Show or hide rows in a parts list
You can show or hide rows in a parts list
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table
3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray
Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The
quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity
of the subassembly
Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option
Change the title of a parts list and location of the title
You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the
spacing between the rows
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324
1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table
Layout
3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name
Change the column format settings
You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts
lists
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment
properties for a column in the parts list
The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed
To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack
Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties
dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a
stacked fraction in the drawing
Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected
column and override settings defined in the parts list style
Specify options for Format Units and Display
Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK
to close the Edit Parts List dialog box
4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution
Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another
column
Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box do one of the following
Select from the available properties and then click OK
Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item
to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog
box
In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated
The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component
To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell
values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum
is reported in the property fields of the selected column
Wrap the parts list at a row
If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424
selected row
Change the column width
You can change the width of one or more columns
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width
3 Enter a value for the column width
Rotate the parts list
1 Select the parts list and right-click
2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise
or counter-clockwise)
References
BOM Properties
Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon
Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or
parts lists were created in the drawing)
File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing
BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source
assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source
assembly
Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources
BOM View
The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties
Structured
Note The Structured Properties are
only available if the BOM view was not
defined in the assembly Bill of
Materials
Level First Level assigns a simple
integer value to direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering This option
restarts numbering for each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924
Click the arrow and select Browse Properties
In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK
4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box
Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the
grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM
Group rows in a parts list
You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows
which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the
grouping participants in the parts list
Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists
In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher
level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components
promoted through
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group
Settings
2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping
3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a
part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option
5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the
Item column of the grouped row
6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option
Merge rows in a legacy parts list
You can merge parts list items into a single row
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading
2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components
3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies
separately or Parts and Assemblies together
4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge
5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box
6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box
7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box
Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024
You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for
custom parts
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part
2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part
The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table
select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the
same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row
Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom
parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents
Change the value in a parts list cell
The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts
list cells
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit
2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any
associated balloons change as well
Note
Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static
Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list
When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically
To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option
Set a parts list cell as Static Value
To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static
3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option
Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue
Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell
Change the setup of a parts list
When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of
measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in
the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it
To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then
select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit
Parts List dialog box to make the changes
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124
To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters
To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from
the Style list on the Annotate tab
Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List
Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the
changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu
You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style
settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select
Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected
Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the assembly bill of materials
3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the bill of materials
Move add or remove columns in a parts list
A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You
can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser
3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns
4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the
parts list
Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit
Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and
then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box
Change the sort criteria for a parts list
You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort
3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column
4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting
5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new
order
Renumber items
You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item
numbers
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224
Click the far-left column to select the entire row
2 Release the mouse button
3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as
you drag Release the mouse button to place the item
4 Click Renumber Items
The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text
You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of
materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually
Export parts list data to an external file
You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file
Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export
Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export
2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file
name Click Save
Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data
Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row
You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table
2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table
3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the
new order
Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different
subassembly
Show or hide rows in a parts list
You can show or hide rows in a parts list
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table
3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray
Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The
quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity
of the subassembly
Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option
Change the title of a parts list and location of the title
You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the
spacing between the rows
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324
1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table
Layout
3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name
Change the column format settings
You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts
lists
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment
properties for a column in the parts list
The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed
To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack
Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties
dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a
stacked fraction in the drawing
Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected
column and override settings defined in the parts list style
Specify options for Format Units and Display
Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK
to close the Edit Parts List dialog box
4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution
Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another
column
Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box do one of the following
Select from the available properties and then click OK
Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item
to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog
box
In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated
The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component
To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell
values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum
is reported in the property fields of the selected column
Wrap the parts list at a row
If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424
selected row
Change the column width
You can change the width of one or more columns
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width
3 Enter a value for the column width
Rotate the parts list
1 Select the parts list and right-click
2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise
or counter-clockwise)
References
BOM Properties
Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon
Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or
parts lists were created in the drawing)
File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing
BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source
assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source
assembly
Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources
BOM View
The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties
Structured
Note The Structured Properties are
only available if the BOM view was not
defined in the assembly Bill of
Materials
Level First Level assigns a simple
integer value to direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering This option
restarts numbering for each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024
You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for
custom parts
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part
2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part
The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table
select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the
same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row
Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom
parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents
Change the value in a parts list cell
The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts
list cells
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit
2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any
associated balloons change as well
Note
Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static
Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list
When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically
To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option
Set a parts list cell as Static Value
To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static
3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option
Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue
Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell
Change the setup of a parts list
When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of
measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in
the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it
To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then
select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit
Parts List dialog box to make the changes
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124
To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters
To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from
the Style list on the Annotate tab
Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List
Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the
changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu
You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style
settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select
Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected
Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the assembly bill of materials
3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the bill of materials
Move add or remove columns in a parts list
A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You
can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser
3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns
4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the
parts list
Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit
Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and
then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box
Change the sort criteria for a parts list
You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort
3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column
4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting
5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new
order
Renumber items
You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item
numbers
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224
Click the far-left column to select the entire row
2 Release the mouse button
3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as
you drag Release the mouse button to place the item
4 Click Renumber Items
The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text
You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of
materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually
Export parts list data to an external file
You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file
Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export
Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export
2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file
name Click Save
Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data
Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row
You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table
2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table
3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the
new order
Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different
subassembly
Show or hide rows in a parts list
You can show or hide rows in a parts list
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table
3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray
Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The
quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity
of the subassembly
Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option
Change the title of a parts list and location of the title
You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the
spacing between the rows
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324
1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table
Layout
3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name
Change the column format settings
You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts
lists
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment
properties for a column in the parts list
The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed
To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack
Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties
dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a
stacked fraction in the drawing
Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected
column and override settings defined in the parts list style
Specify options for Format Units and Display
Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK
to close the Edit Parts List dialog box
4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution
Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another
column
Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box do one of the following
Select from the available properties and then click OK
Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item
to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog
box
In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated
The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component
To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell
values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum
is reported in the property fields of the selected column
Wrap the parts list at a row
If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424
selected row
Change the column width
You can change the width of one or more columns
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width
3 Enter a value for the column width
Rotate the parts list
1 Select the parts list and right-click
2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise
or counter-clockwise)
References
BOM Properties
Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon
Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or
parts lists were created in the drawing)
File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing
BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source
assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source
assembly
Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources
BOM View
The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties
Structured
Note The Structured Properties are
only available if the BOM view was not
defined in the assembly Bill of
Materials
Level First Level assigns a simple
integer value to direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering This option
restarts numbering for each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124
To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters
To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from
the Style list on the Annotate tab
Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List
Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the
changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu
You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style
settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select
Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected
Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the assembly bill of materials
3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are
pushed back to the bill of materials
Move add or remove columns in a parts list
A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You
can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser
3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns
4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the
parts list
Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit
Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and
then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box
Change the sort criteria for a parts list
You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort
3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column
4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting
5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new
order
Renumber items
You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item
numbers
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224
Click the far-left column to select the entire row
2 Release the mouse button
3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as
you drag Release the mouse button to place the item
4 Click Renumber Items
The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text
You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of
materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually
Export parts list data to an external file
You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file
Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export
Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export
2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file
name Click Save
Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data
Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row
You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table
2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table
3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the
new order
Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different
subassembly
Show or hide rows in a parts list
You can show or hide rows in a parts list
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table
3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray
Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The
quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity
of the subassembly
Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option
Change the title of a parts list and location of the title
You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the
spacing between the rows
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324
1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table
Layout
3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name
Change the column format settings
You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts
lists
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment
properties for a column in the parts list
The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed
To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack
Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties
dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a
stacked fraction in the drawing
Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected
column and override settings defined in the parts list style
Specify options for Format Units and Display
Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK
to close the Edit Parts List dialog box
4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution
Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another
column
Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box do one of the following
Select from the available properties and then click OK
Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item
to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog
box
In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated
The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component
To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell
values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum
is reported in the property fields of the selected column
Wrap the parts list at a row
If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424
selected row
Change the column width
You can change the width of one or more columns
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width
3 Enter a value for the column width
Rotate the parts list
1 Select the parts list and right-click
2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise
or counter-clockwise)
References
BOM Properties
Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon
Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or
parts lists were created in the drawing)
File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing
BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source
assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source
assembly
Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources
BOM View
The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties
Structured
Note The Structured Properties are
only available if the BOM view was not
defined in the assembly Bill of
Materials
Level First Level assigns a simple
integer value to direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering This option
restarts numbering for each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224
Click the far-left column to select the entire row
2 Release the mouse button
3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as
you drag Release the mouse button to place the item
4 Click Renumber Items
The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text
You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of
materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually
Export parts list data to an external file
You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file
Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export
Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export
2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file
name Click Save
Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data
Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row
You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table
1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table
2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table
3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the
new order
Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different
subassembly
Show or hide rows in a parts list
You can show or hide rows in a parts list
1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table
3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray
Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The
quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity
of the subassembly
Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option
Change the title of a parts list and location of the title
You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the
spacing between the rows
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324
1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table
Layout
3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name
Change the column format settings
You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts
lists
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment
properties for a column in the parts list
The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed
To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack
Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties
dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a
stacked fraction in the drawing
Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected
column and override settings defined in the parts list style
Specify options for Format Units and Display
Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK
to close the Edit Parts List dialog box
4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution
Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another
column
Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box do one of the following
Select from the available properties and then click OK
Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item
to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog
box
In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated
The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component
To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell
values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum
is reported in the property fields of the selected column
Wrap the parts list at a row
If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424
selected row
Change the column width
You can change the width of one or more columns
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width
3 Enter a value for the column width
Rotate the parts list
1 Select the parts list and right-click
2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise
or counter-clockwise)
References
BOM Properties
Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon
Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or
parts lists were created in the drawing)
File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing
BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source
assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source
assembly
Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources
BOM View
The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties
Structured
Note The Structured Properties are
only available if the BOM view was not
defined in the assembly Bill of
Materials
Level First Level assigns a simple
integer value to direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering This option
restarts numbering for each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324
1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table
Layout
3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name
Change the column format settings
You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts
lists
1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List
2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column
3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment
properties for a column in the parts list
The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed
To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack
Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties
dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a
stacked fraction in the drawing
Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected
column and override settings defined in the parts list style
Specify options for Format Units and Display
Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK
to close the Edit Parts List dialog box
4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution
Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another
column
Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box do one of the following
Select from the available properties and then click OK
Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item
to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog
box
In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated
The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component
To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell
values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum
is reported in the property fields of the selected column
Wrap the parts list at a row
If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424
selected row
Change the column width
You can change the width of one or more columns
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width
3 Enter a value for the column width
Rotate the parts list
1 Select the parts list and right-click
2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise
or counter-clockwise)
References
BOM Properties
Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon
Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or
parts lists were created in the drawing)
File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing
BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source
assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source
assembly
Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources
BOM View
The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties
Structured
Note The Structured Properties are
only available if the BOM view was not
defined in the assembly Bill of
Materials
Level First Level assigns a simple
integer value to direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering This option
restarts numbering for each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424
selected row
Change the column width
You can change the width of one or more columns
1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List
2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width
3 Enter a value for the column width
Rotate the parts list
1 Select the parts list and right-click
2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise
or counter-clockwise)
References
BOM Properties
Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon
Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or
parts lists were created in the drawing)
File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing
BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source
assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source
assembly
Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources
BOM View
The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties
Structured
Note The Structured Properties are
only available if the BOM view was not
defined in the assembly Bill of
Materials
Level First Level assigns a simple
integer value to direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering This option
restarts numbering for each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to
set the minimum number of digits
displayed for item numbering The
range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded
numbering This option provides a
delimiter that works in conjunction with
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524
expanded items Child items receive
indented concatenated numbering
based on the same rules as in parts
lists today
Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested
levels in a parts list inherit changes
made to the item value of the parent
assembly (for example if the assembly
item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to
A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for
structured item numbering
Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Create Parts List
Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a
parts list
Access
Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List
Source
Selects the source for the parts list
Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list
File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to
locate the file
BOM Settings and Properties
BOM View settings determine available settings and properties
Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials
Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to
direct children
Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
All Levels provides full expanded numbering
This option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
receive indented concatenated numbering
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering This option restarts numbering for
each level
Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the
minimum number of digits displayed for item
numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits
Alpha provides full expanded numbering This
option provides a delimiter that works in
conjunction with expanded items Child items
Case Select upper or lower
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624
receive indented concatenated numbering based
on the same rules as in parts lists today
Structured
(legacy)
Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a
parts list inherit changes made to the item value
of the parent assembly (for example if the
assembly item value changes from 1 to A the
nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)
Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item
numbering
Parts only
(legacy)
View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)
Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly
Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts
list for the entire iAssembly
Table Wrapping
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number
Edit parts list
Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list
Color Key
A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property
change in the global bill of material (GBOM)
A row with gray background color - the row is invisible
A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value
Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering
Parts List Commands
Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724
Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the
columns for the selected parts list
Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading
of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the
new position
Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key
and group different components into one parts list row
Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to
filter parts list rows
Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary
sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists
Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and
format
Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the
selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings
Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list
Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list
Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the
Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill
of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the
value to the Bill of Materials
Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in
the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No
to All to exclude all members
Column editing options
Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options
Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List
Commands paragraph for more information about these options
Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box
Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists
Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing
table wrap preference and other parts list properties
Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list
Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to
selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)
Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute
the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the
Parts List
Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns
Row editing options
Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options
Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824
columns in a parts list
Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the
main table
Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The
row is added to all parts list with the same source
Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part
Save Item overrides to
BOM
Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials
Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can
choose to unlock the item or cancel the save
Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the
corresponding value in the parts list source changes
Filter Settings
Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts
list in the drawing or in the parts list style
Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to
the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed
Access
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings
Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor
dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click
Filter Settings
Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts
list filters
Define Filter Item
Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and
you can define filter properties
Adds the filter in the list of available filters
Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field
Assembly View
Representation filter
Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from
the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)
View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the
filter
Ballooned Items Only
filter
Excludes components without a balloon
Item Number Range
filter
Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern
Range Define a range or item numbers to include
Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between
them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges
are also evaluated
Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list
Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list
No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list
Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924
components from the parts list
Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components
No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components
Filters list
Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the
filter
To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose
Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the
changes
Delete Deletes the filter
Microsoft Excel Export Options
Access In a drawing
Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in
the Export Parts List dialog box click Options
Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click
Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options
Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet
Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes
beside columns you do not want to export
Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the
preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format
using Excel commands
Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the
Excel cells
Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content
Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data
Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title
Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column
B
Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template
Select Member
For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all
members
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection
Select member to
include
Selects the desired member of the iAssembly
Yes to All Selects all members
No to All Unselects all members
Hide rows of zero
quantity
Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be
restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option
Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom
property
Group Settings
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024
Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting
keys
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group
Settings
Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge
Settings feature available for legacy parts lists
Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping
Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties
First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list
or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or
click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog
box
Display Group
Participants
Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show
only resulting group rows and hide group participants
Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list
Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items
Format column - Parts List
Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column
Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style
and Standard Editor
Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
the column heading and then select Format Column
Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style
panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column
Column Format tab
Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list
Property Displays the name of the selected column
Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name
Type Displays the type of data in the column
Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros
Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells
Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right
alignment
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124
Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right
alignment
Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in
the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing
Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is
selected
Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked
fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting
is selected
Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard
Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to
these settings only apply to the selected column
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if
Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units
Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column
Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available
only if a fractional format is selected
Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is
available in the Format option
Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify
either a period or comma as the decimal character
Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value
Substitution tab
Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution
cannot be applied to the Item property
No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable
Enable Value
Substituting
Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column
Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the
list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box
When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column
Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a
property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a
new item to the list of Available Properties
When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are
merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows
calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the
values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and
reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column
Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and
Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and
select Edit Parts List Style
Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes
made to these settings only apply to the selected column
Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision
Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list
Precision Sets the decimal precision for display
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224
Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information
Unit Type selects the type of measurement units
Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list
Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select
from the list
Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check
box to enable the display
Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros
Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the
zero Clear the check box to suppress it
Table Wrapping Settings
Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to
the left or right of the main table
Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and
then select Table Wrapping (Custom)
Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list
Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left
Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right
Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping
Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number
Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number
Row Merge Settings
Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts
lists
Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same
size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list
Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row
Merge Settings
No Row Merging No merging criteria applied
Merge Similar
components
Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria
Component Type(s) to
Merge
Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list
Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly
Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly
and then separately merge subassemblies
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324
Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging
First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the
same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have
the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list
Parts List Table Layout
Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the
spacing between the rows
Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click
a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar
Heading and Table
Settings
Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables
Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box
Select the Title check box if you want the title to display
Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data
Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None
Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or
descending order
Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading
Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text
Heading Gap shows the preset value
Row Gap shows the preset value
Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right
Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and
number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected
Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the
Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the
current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the
library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style
Sort Columns
Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary
sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts
AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or
Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the
Sort dialog box
Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from
the list and then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries
in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and
then set the sort order
Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value
Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks
3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp
wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424
Export Parts List or Table
Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file
AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box
Save in Browse to select the location for the external file
File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace
it
Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters
Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list
Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table
If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file
types
Comments0
Powered by MindTouch
Sign up for email
Careers
Investors
copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks